Many years later, during the reign of Artaxerxes king of Persia, Ezra son of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַחַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַחַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·ḥar
                
                
                     Many years later 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·ḥar
         Many years later 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַדְּבָרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדְּבָרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·də·ḇā·rîm
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·də·ḇā·rîm
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכ֖וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכ֖וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     during the reign 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4438 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, royal power, reign, kingdom, sovereign power <BR> 1a) royal power, dominion <BR> 1b) reign <BR> 1c) kingdom, realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵūṯ
         during the reign 
    
 
        
            אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·taḥ·šast
                
                
                     of Artaxerxes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        783 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Artaxerxes = |I will make the spoiled to boil: I will stir myself (in) winter|<BR> 1) son and successor of Xerxes as emperor of Persia, 465-424 BC 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·taḥ·šast
         of Artaxerxes 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         king 
    
 
        
            פָּרָ֑ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּרָ֑ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·rās
                
                
                     of Persia , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6539 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Persia = |pure| or |splendid|<BR> 1) the empire Persia; encompassed the territory from India on the east to Egypt and Thrace on the west, and included, besides portions of Europe and Africa, the whole of western Asia between the Black Sea, the Caucasus, the Caspian and the Jaxartes on the north, the Arabian desert, the Persian Gulf and the Indian Ocean on the south <BR> 1a) Persia proper was bounded on the west by Susiana or Elam, on the north by Media, on the south by the Persian Gulf and on the east by Carmania <BR> Persian = see Persia |pure| or |splendid| <BR> 2) the people of the Persian empire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·rās
         of Persia , 
    
 
        
            עֶזְרָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶזְרָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ez·rā
                
                
                     Ezra 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5830 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ezra = |help|<BR> 1) the priest and scribe who led the reforms of the returned exiles in Jerusalem; co-worker with Nehemiah <BR> 2) a priest with Zerubbabel<BR> 3) another post-exilic Jew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ez·rā
         Ezra 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            שְׂרָיָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂרָיָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·rā·yāh
                
                
                     of Seraiah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8304 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Seraiah = |Jehovah is ruler| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the scribe or secretary of David <BR> 2) son of Azariah, father of Jehozadak, and the chief priest in the reign of king Zedekiah of Judah and at the time of the capture of Jerusalem <BR> 3) son of Tanhumeth the Netophathite and one of the men who went to Gedaliah, the governor over Judah appointed by Nebuchadnezzar, and gave their oath to serve the king of Babylon <BR> 4) a Judaite, son of Kenaz, brother of Othniel, and father of Joab <BR> 5) a Simeonite, father of Josibiah and grandfather of Jehu <BR> 6) a people of the province who returned from exile with Zerubbabel <BR> 6a) maybe the same as 10 <BR> 7) son of Azariah and father of Ezra the priest and scribe <BR> 8) a priest who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah <BR> 9) a priest, son of Hilkiah in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 10) a priest or Levite who returned from exile with Zerubbabel <BR> 10a) probably a priest and the head of a family of priests after the exile. Maybe same as 6 <BR> 11) son of Meraiah and messenger sent by the prophet Jeremiah to Babylon with a book of his writings <BR> 12) son of Azriel and one of the 3 men commanded by king Jehoiakim of Judah to seize Jeremiah and Baruch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·rā·yāh
         of Seraiah , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            עֲזַרְיָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲזַרְיָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·zar·yāh
                
                
                     of Azariah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5838 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Azariah = |Jehovah has helped|<BR> 1) son of king Amaziah of Judah and king of Judah himself for 52 years; also 'Uzziah' <BR> 2) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 2a) also, 'Abednego' ( H05664 or H05665) <BR> 3) son of Nathan and an officer of Solomon; perhaps David's grandson and Solomon's nephew <BR> 4) a prophet in the days of king Asa of Judah <BR> 5) son of king Jehoshaphat of Judah and brother to 5 <BR> 6) another son of king Jehoshaphat of Judah and brother to 4 <BR> 7) a priest, son of Ahimaaz, grandson of Zadok and high priest in the reign of king Solomon <BR> 8) the high priest in the reign of king Uzziah of Judah <BR> 9) a priest who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah; probably same as 18 <BR> 10) a Kohathite Levite, father of Joel in the reign of king Hezekiah of Judah <BR> 11) a Merarite Levite, son of Jehalelel in the reign of king Hezekiah of Judah <BR> 12) a Kohathite Levite, son of Zephaniah and ancestor of Samuel the prophet <BR> 13) a Levite who helped Ezra in instructing the people in the law <BR> 14) son of Jeroham and one of the temple captains of Judah in the time of queen Athaliah; probably the same as 21 <BR> 15) son of Maaseiah who repaired part of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 16) one of the leaders who returned from Babylon with Zerubbabel <BR> 17) a man who assisted in the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah; probably the same as 10 <BR> 18) son of Johanan, one of the captains of Ephraim in the reign of king Ahaz of Judah <BR> 19) a Judaite, son of Ethan of the sons of Zerah <BR> 20) a Judaite, son of Jehu of the family of the Jerahmeelites and descended from Jarha the Egyptian slave of Sheshan; probably one of the captains of the time of queen Athaliah and the same as 15 <BR> 21) a priest, son of Hilkiah <BR> 22) a priest, son of Johanan <BR> 23) son of king Jehoram of Judah; probably clerical error for 'Ahaziah' <BR> 24) son of Meraioth <BR> 25) son of Hoshaiah and one of the proud men who confronted Jeremiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·zar·yāh
         of Azariah , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            חִלְקִיָּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חִלְקִיָּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥil·qî·yāh
                
                
                     of Hilkiah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hilkiah = |my portion is Jehovah|<BR> 1) father of Eliakim, an officer of Hezekiah <BR> 2) high priest in the reign of Josiah <BR> 3) a Merarite Levite, son of Amzi <BR> 4) another Merarite Levite, 2nd son of Hosah <BR> 5) one of those who stood on the right of Ezra when he read the law and probably a Levite and a priest <BR> 6) a priest of Anathoth, father of the prophet Jeremiah <BR> 7) father of Gemariah who was one of Zedekiah's envoys to Babylon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥil·qî·yāh
         of Hilkiah , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the son of Ahitub,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            שַׁלּ֥וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלּ֥וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·lūm
                
                
                     of Shallum , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7967 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shallum = |retribution|<BR> 1) son of Jabesh, conspirator and slayer of king Zachariah of the northern kingdom of Israel ending the dynasty of Jehu; assumed the throne and became the 15th king of the northern kingdom; reigned for one month and was killed by Menahem <BR> 2) the 3rd son of king Josiah of Judah and subsequent king of Judah; reigned for 3 months before he was taken captive to Egypt where he was placed in chains and later died <BR> 2a) also 'Jehoahaz' <BR> 3) husband of Huldah the prophetess in the reign of king Josiah of Judah. Maybe the same as 4 <BR> 4) uncle of Jeremiah the prophet. Maybe the same as 3 <BR> 5) a Simeonite, son of Shaul and grandson of Simeon <BR> 6) a Judaite, son of Sisamai and father of Jekamiah in the family of Jerahmeel <BR> 7) an Ephraimite, father of Jehizkiah <BR> 8) a son of Naphtali <BR> 9) a Korahite Levite, chief of a family of gatekeepers for the east gate of the temple <BR> 9a) maybe same as 13 <BR> 10) son of Halohesh and ruler of a district of Jerusalem; also repairer of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 11) a priest, of the family of Eleazar, son of Zadok and father of Hilkiah in the family line of Ezra <BR> 12) a Korahite Levite, son of Kore, father of Maaseiah, and in charge of the work of the service. Maybe same as 9 <BR> 13) a Levite gatekeeper who had a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 14) a Levite and descendant of Bani who had a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·lūm
         of Shallum , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            צָד֖וֹק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָד֖וֹק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·ḏō·wq
                
                
                     of Zadok , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6659 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zadok = |righteous|<BR> 1) the high priest, son of Ahitub of the house of Eleazar the son of Aaron, and 11th in descent from Aaron; joined David after Saul's death and supported him against Absalom and Adonijah; anointed Solomon as king <BR> 2) a priest, son of Meraioth, father of Meshullam of the house of Ahitub; apparently a nephew of 1 <BR> 3) father of Jerusha, the wife of king Uzziah and mother of king Jotham of Judah <BR> 4) son of Baana and repairer of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 5) son of Immer and repairer of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 6) a leader of the people in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a scribe appointed by Nehemiah as one of the treasurers over the storehouse <BR> 8) a valiant warrior of the tribe of Benjamin who joined David at Hebron. Same as 1? 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·ḏō·wq
         of Zadok , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            אֲחִיטֽוּב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחִיטֽוּב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥî·ṭūḇ
                
                
                     of Ahitub , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ahitub = |my brother is good (goodness)|<BR> 1) a grandson of Eli <BR> 2) the father of Zadok the priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥî·ṭūḇ
         of Ahitub , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the son of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the son of Meraioth,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            אֲמַרְיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַרְיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar·yāh
                
                
                     of Amariah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Amariah = |Jehovah speaks| or |Yah(u) has promised|<BR> 1) Zadok's grandfather <BR> 2) a head priest's son in Solomon's time <BR> 3) a chief priest under Jehoshaphat <BR> 4) Hezekiah's son, great-grandfather of Zephaniah <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) a Levite under Hezekiah <BR> 7) a priest in Nehemiah's time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar·yāh
         of Amariah , 
    
 
        
            בֶן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇen-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇen-
         the son 
    
 
        
            עֲזַרְיָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲזַרְיָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·zar·yāh
                
                
                     of Azariah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5838 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Azariah = |Jehovah has helped|<BR> 1) son of king Amaziah of Judah and king of Judah himself for 52 years; also 'Uzziah' <BR> 2) the godly friend of Daniel who Nebuchadnezzar renamed Abednego; one of the three friends who with Daniel refused to make themselves unclean by eating food from the king's table which went against the dietary laws which God had given the Jews; also one of the three who were thrown into the fiery furnace for refusing to bow down to a graven image of Nebuchadnezzar and who were saved by the angel of the Lord <BR> 2a) also, 'Abednego' ( H05664 or H05665) <BR> 3) son of Nathan and an officer of Solomon; perhaps David's grandson and Solomon's nephew <BR> 4) a prophet in the days of king Asa of Judah <BR> 5) son of king Jehoshaphat of Judah and brother to 5 <BR> 6) another son of king Jehoshaphat of Judah and brother to 4 <BR> 7) a priest, son of Ahimaaz, grandson of Zadok and high priest in the reign of king Solomon <BR> 8) the high priest in the reign of king Uzziah of Judah <BR> 9) a priest who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah; probably same as 18 <BR> 10) a Kohathite Levite, father of Joel in the reign of king Hezekiah of Judah <BR> 11) a Merarite Levite, son of Jehalelel in the reign of king Hezekiah of Judah <BR> 12) a Kohathite Levite, son of Zephaniah and ancestor of Samuel the prophet <BR> 13) a Levite who helped Ezra in instructing the people in the law <BR> 14) son of Jeroham and one of the temple captains of Judah in the time of queen Athaliah; probably the same as 21 <BR> 15) son of Maaseiah who repaired part of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 16) one of the leaders who returned from Babylon with Zerubbabel <BR> 17) a man who assisted in the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah; probably the same as 10 <BR> 18) son of Johanan, one of the captains of Ephraim in the reign of king Ahaz of Judah <BR> 19) a Judaite, son of Ethan of the sons of Zerah <BR> 20) a Judaite, son of Jehu of the family of the Jerahmeelites and descended from Jarha the Egyptian slave of Sheshan; probably one of the captains of the time of queen Athaliah and the same as 15 <BR> 21) a priest, son of Hilkiah <BR> 22) a priest, son of Johanan <BR> 23) son of king Jehoram of Judah; probably clerical error for 'Ahaziah' <BR> 24) son of Meraioth <BR> 25) son of Hoshaiah and one of the proud men who confronted Jeremiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·zar·yāh
         of Azariah , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            מְרָיֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְרָיֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·rā·yō·wṯ
                
                
                     of Meraioth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4812 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Meraioth = |rebellious|<BR> 1) grandfather of Ahitub, descendant of Eleazar the son of Aaron, and the head of a priestly house <BR> 2) son of Ahitub, father of Zadok, descendant of Eleazar the son of Aaron, and the head of a priestly house <BR> 3) head of a family of priests represented by Helkai in the time of Joiakim, the son of Jeshua 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·rā·yō·wṯ
         of Meraioth , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·raḥ·yāh
                
                
                     of Zerahiah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2228 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zerahiah = |Jehovah has risen|<BR> 1) a priest, son of Uzzi, and ancestor of Ezra the scribe <BR> 2) father of Elihoenai of the sons of Pahath-moab, whose descendants returned from the captivity with Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·raḥ·yāh
         of Zerahiah , 
    
 
        
            בֶן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇen-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇen-
         the son 
    
 
        
            עֻזִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֻזִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘uz·zî
                
                
                     of Uzzi , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5813 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Uzzi = |strong|<BR> 1) a Levite, son of Bukki and father of Zerahiah in the line of the high priest although apparently never high priest himself <BR> 2) son of Tola and grandson of Issachar <BR> 3) a Benjamite, son of Bela and head of a family of Benjamin <BR> 4) son of Michri and father of Elah and an ancestor of a family of returned exiles settling in Jerusalem. Maybe same as 3 <BR> 5) a Levite, son of Bani, and an overseer of the Levites in Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 6) a priest, chief of the father's house of Jedaiah, in the time of Joiakim the high priest <BR> 7) one of the priests who helped Ezra in the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem. Maybe same as 6 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘uz·zî
         of Uzzi , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            בֻּקִּֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֻּקִּֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    buq·qî
                
                
                     of Bukki , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1231 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bukki = |wasting|<BR> 1) son of Abishua and father of Uzzi, fifth from Aaron in the line of the high priests <BR> 2) son of Jogli, prince of the tribe of Dan, one of the ten men chosen to apportion the land of Canaan between the tribes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        buq·qî
         of Bukki , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the chief priest—
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇî·šū·a‘
                
                
                     of Abishua , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        50 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abishua = |my father is rescue (safety), or is opulence|<BR> 1) son of Phinehas, grandson of Aaron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇî·šū·a‘
         of Abishua , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            פִּֽינְחָס֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּֽינְחָס֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pî·nə·ḥās
                
                
                     of Phinehas , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Phinehas = |mouth of brass|<BR> 1) son of Eleazar and grandson of Aaron; his zealousness for the Lord averted a plague on Israel and gained him the promise of the Lord of an everlasting priesthood in his family <BR> 2) a priest and the son of the priest Eli <BR> 3) the father of a helper of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pî·nə·ḥās
         of Phinehas , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            אֶלְעָזָ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְעָזָ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·‘ā·zār
                
                
                     of Eleazar , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eleazar = |God has helped|<BR> 1) the high priest son of Aaron <BR> 2) Abinadab's son who cared for the ark <BR> 3) the priest who rebuilt and dedicated the restored walls of Jerusalem in time of Ezra <BR> 4) one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 5) a Levite <BR> 6) one of the line of Parosh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·‘ā·zār
         of Eleazar , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron 
    
 
        
            הָרֹֽאשׁ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרֹֽאשׁ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rōš
                
                
                     the chief 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rōš
         the chief 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     priest — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         priest — 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            this Ezra came up from Babylon. He was a scribe skilled in the Law of Moses, which the LORD, the God of Israel, had given. The king had granted Ezra all his requests, for the hand of the LORD his God was upon him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            נָתַ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     had given . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         had given . 
    
 
        
            הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     The king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         The king 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·ten-
                
                
                     had granted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·ten-
         had granted 
    
 
        
            ל֣וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֣וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     [Ezra] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         [Ezra] 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōl
         all 
    
 
        
            בַּקָּשָׁתֽוֹ׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּקָּשָׁתֽוֹ׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baq·qā·šā·ṯōw
                
                
                     his requests , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1246 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) request, entreaty, petition 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baq·qā·šā·ṯōw
         his requests , 
    
 
        
            כְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     for the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·yaḏ-
         for the hand 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hāw
                
                
                     his God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hāw
         his God 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     was upon him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         was upon him . 
    
 
        
            ה֤וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֤וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         this 
    
 
        
            עֶזְרָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶזְרָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ez·rā
                
                
                     Ezra 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5830 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ezra = |help|<BR> 1) the priest and scribe who led the reforms of the returned exiles in Jerusalem; co-worker with Nehemiah <BR> 2) a priest with Zerubbabel<BR> 3) another post-exilic Jew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ez·rā
         Ezra 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāh
                
                
                     came up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāh
         came up 
    
 
        
            מִבָּבֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבָּבֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bā·ḇel
                
                
                     from Babylon . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bā·ḇel
         from Babylon . 
    
 
        
            וְהֽוּא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֽוּא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū-
                
                
                     He [was] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū-
         He [was] 
    
 
        
            סֹפֵ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סֹפֵ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·p̄êr
                
                
                     a scribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5608 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to count, recount, relate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to count (things) <BR> 1a2) to number, take account of, reckon <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be counted, be numbered <BR> 1c) (Piel) to recount, rehearse, declare <BR> 1c1) to recount (something), rehearse <BR> 1c2) to talk <BR> 1c3) to count exactly or accurately <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be recounted, be rehearsed, be related <BR> n m <BR> 2) enumerator, muster-officer, secretary, scribe <BR> 2a) enumerator, muster-officer, secretary <BR> 2b) learned man, scribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·p̄êr
         a scribe 
    
 
        
            מָהִיר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָהִיר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·hîr
                
                
                     skilled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) quick, prompt, skilled, ready 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·hîr
         skilled 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹרַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹרַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·w·raṯ
                
                
                     in the Law 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) law, direction, instruction <BR> 1a) instruction, direction (human or divine) <BR> 1a1) body of prophetic teaching <BR> 1a2) instruction in Messianic age <BR> 1a3) body of priestly direction or instruction <BR> 1a4) body of legal directives <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1b1) law of the burnt offering <BR> 1b2) of special law, codes of law <BR> 1c) custom, manner <BR> 1d) the Deuteronomic or Mosaic Law 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·w·raṯ
         in the Law 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     of Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         of Moses , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         which 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê
         the God 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes, he went up to Jerusalem with some of the Israelites, including priests, Levites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שֶׁ֖בַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁ֖בַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    še·ḇa‘
                
                
                     So in the seventh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        še·ḇa‘
         So in the seventh 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁנַת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁנַת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·naṯ-
                
                
                     year 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·naṯ-
         year 
    
 
        
            הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     of King 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         of King 
    
 
        
            לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ar·taḥ·šast
                
                
                     Artaxerxes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        783 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Artaxerxes = |I will make the spoiled to boil: I will stir myself (in) winter|<BR> 1) son and successor of Xerxes as emperor of Persia, 465-424 BC 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ar·taḥ·šast
         Artaxerxes , 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·lū
                
                
                     he went up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·lū
         he went up 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            וּמִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min-
                
                
                     with some of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min-
         with some of 
    
 
        
            מִבְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bə·nê-
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bə·nê-
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     including priests , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         including priests , 
    
 
        
            וְהַלְוִיִּ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַלְוִיִּ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hal·wî·yim
                
                
                     Levites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hal·wî·yim
         Levites , 
    
 
        
            וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·šō·rə·rîm
                
                
                     singers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7891 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sing <BR> 1a2) singer, songstresses (participle) <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to sing <BR> 1b2) singer, songstress (participle) <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be sung <BR> ++++<BR> In Job 36:24, the word is translated |Behold|; in modern versions, it is translated |Sing|. The old translations considered the Hebrew word to be from a different root than H07788 hence the difference in the translations. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·šō·rə·rîm
         singers , 
    
 
        
            וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haš·šō·‘ă·rîm
                
                
                     gatekeepers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7778 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gatekeeper, porter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haš·šō·‘ă·rîm
         gatekeepers , 
    
 
        
            וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·han·nə·ṯî·nîm
                
                
                     and temple servants . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5411 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Nethinims <BR> 1a) temple slaves assigned to the Levites and priests for service in the sanctuary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·han·nə·ṯî·nîm
         and temple servants . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Ezra arrived in Jerusalem in the fifth month of the seventh year of the king.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיָּבֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō
                
                
                     Ezra arrived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō
         Ezra arrived 
    
 
        
            יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     in Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         in Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥă·mî·šî
                
                
                     in the fifth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ordinal number, 5th 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥă·mî·šî
         in the fifth 
    
 
        
            הִ֛יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֛יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥō·ḏeš
                
                
                     month 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥō·ḏeš
         month 
    
 
        
            הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šə·ḇî·‘îṯ
                
                
                     of the seventh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7637 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seventh <BR> 1a) ordinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šə·ḇî·‘îṯ
         of the seventh 
    
 
        
            שְׁנַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·naṯ
                
                
                     year 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·naṯ
         year 
    
 
        
            לַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·me·leḵ
                
                
                     of the king . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·me·leḵ
         of the king . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He had begun the journey from Babylon on the first day of the first month, and he arrived in Jerusalem on the first day of the fifth month, for the gracious hand of his God was upon him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         - 
    
 
        
            ה֣וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     He 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         He 
    
 
        
            יְסֻ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְסֻ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·suḏ
                
                
                     had begun 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3246 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a beginning, foundation, that being founded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·suḏ
         had begun 
    
 
        
            הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·‘ă·lāh
                
                
                     the journey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4609 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what comes up, thoughts <BR> 2) step, stair <BR> 2a) step, stair <BR> 2b) steps (of sundial) <BR> 2c) stories (of heaven) <BR> 2d) ascent <BR> 2e) song of ascent <BR> 2e1) to the three great pilgrim feasts (Psalm titles) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·‘ă·lāh
         the journey 
    
 
        
            מִבָּבֶ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבָּבֶ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bā·ḇel
                
                
                     from Babylon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bā·ḇel
         from Babylon 
    
 
        
            בְּאֶחָד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֶחָד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     on the first [day] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’e·ḥāḏ
         on the first [day] 
    
 
        
            הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ri·šō·wn
                
                
                     of the first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ri·šō·wn
         of the first 
    
 
        
            לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥō·ḏeš
                
                
                     month , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥō·ḏeš
         month , 
    
 
        
            בָּ֚א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֚א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā
                
                
                     and he arrived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā
         and he arrived 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         in 
    
 
        
            יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šā·lim
         Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            וּבְאֶחָ֞ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְאֶחָ֞ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     on the first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·’e·ḥāḏ
         on the first 
    
 
        
            הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥă·mî·šî
                
                
                     day of the fifth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ordinal number, 5th 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥă·mî·šî
         day of the fifth 
    
 
        
            לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥō·ḏeš
                
                
                     month , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥō·ḏeš
         month , 
    
 
        
            הַטּוֹבָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַטּוֹבָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṭ·ṭō·w·ḇāh
                
                
                     for the gracious 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṭ·ṭō·w·ḇāh
         for the gracious 
    
 
        
            כְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·yaḏ-
         hand 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hāw
                
                
                     of his God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hāw
         of his God 
    
 
        
            עָלָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     was upon him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         was upon him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For Ezra had set his heart to study the Law of the LORD, to practice it, and to teach its statutes and ordinances in Israel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         For 
    
 
        
            עֶזְרָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶזְרָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ez·rā
                
                
                     Ezra 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5830 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ezra = |help|<BR> 1) the priest and scribe who led the reforms of the returned exiles in Jerusalem; co-worker with Nehemiah <BR> 2) a priest with Zerubbabel<BR> 3) another post-exilic Jew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ez·rā
         Ezra 
    
 
        
            הֵכִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵכִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·ḵîn
                
                
                     had set 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be firm, be stable, be established <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to be set up, be established, be fixed <BR> 1a1a) to be firmly established <BR> 1a1b) to be established, be stable, be secure, be enduring <BR> 1a1c) to be fixed, be securely determined <BR> 1a2) to be directed aright, be fixed aright, be steadfast (moral sense) <BR> 1a3) to prepare, be ready <BR> 1a4) to be prepared, be arranged, be settled <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to establish, set up, accomplish, do, make firm <BR> 1b2) to fix, make ready, prepare, provide, provide for, furnish <BR> 1b3) to direct toward (moral sense) <BR> 1b4) to arrange, order <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be established, be fastened <BR> 1c2) to be prepared, be ready <BR> 1d) (Polel) <BR> 1d1) to set up, establish <BR> 1d2) to constitute, make <BR> 1d3) to fix <BR> 1d4) to direct <BR> 1e) (Pulal) to be established, be prepared <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) to be established, be restored 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·ḵîn
         had set 
    
 
        
            לְבָב֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבָב֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇā·ḇōw
                
                
                     his heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3824 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, soul, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇā·ḇōw
         his heart 
    
 
        
            לִדְר֛וֹשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִדְר֛וֹשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḏ·rō·wōš
                
                
                     to study 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1875 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to resort to, seek, seek with care, enquire, require <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to resort to, frequent (a place), (tread a place) <BR> 1a2) to consult, enquire of, seek <BR> 1a2a) of God <BR> 1a2b) of heathen gods, necromancers <BR> 1a3) to seek deity in prayer and worship <BR> 1a3a) God <BR> 1a3b) heathen deities <BR> 1a4) to seek (with a demand), demand, require <BR> 1a5) to investigate, enquire <BR> 1a6) to ask for, require, demand <BR> 1a7) to practice, study, follow, seek with application <BR> 1a8) to seek with care, care for <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to allow oneself to be enquired of, consulted (only of God) <BR> 1b2) to be sought, be sought out <BR> 1b3) to be required (of blood) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḏ·rō·wōš
         to study 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תּוֹרַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תּוֹרַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·w·raṯ
                
                
                     the Law 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) law, direction, instruction <BR> 1a) instruction, direction (human or divine) <BR> 1a1) body of prophetic teaching <BR> 1a2) instruction in Messianic age <BR> 1a3) body of priestly direction or instruction <BR> 1a4) body of legal directives <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1b1) law of the burnt offering <BR> 1b2) of special law, codes of law <BR> 1c) custom, manner <BR> 1d) the Deuteronomic or Mosaic Law 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·w·raṯ
         the Law 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD , 
    
 
        
            וְלַעֲשֹׂ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַעֲשֹׂ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·la·‘ă·śōṯ
                
                
                     to practice it , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·la·‘ă·śōṯ
         to practice it , 
    
 
        
            וּלְלַמֵּ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְלַמֵּ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·lam·mêḏ
                
                
                     and to teach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to learn. teach, exercise in <BR> 1a) (Qal) to learn <BR> 1b) (Piel) to teach <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be taught, be trained 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·lam·mêḏ
         and to teach 
    
 
        
            חֹ֥ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹ֥ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥōq
                
                
                     its statutes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2706 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, something prescribed, due <BR> 1a) prescribed task <BR> 1b) prescribed portion <BR> 1c) action prescribed (for oneself), resolve <BR> 1d) prescribed due <BR> 1e) prescribed limit, boundary <BR> 1f) enactment, decree, ordinance <BR> 1f1) specific decree <BR> 1f2) law in general <BR> 1g) enactments, statutes <BR> 1g1) conditions <BR> 1g2) enactments <BR> 1g3) decrees <BR> 1g4) civil enactments prescribed by God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥōq
         its statutes 
    
 
        
            וּמִשְׁפָּֽט׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִשְׁפָּֽט׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miš·pāṭ
                
                
                     and ordinances 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miš·pāṭ
         and ordinances 
    
 
        
            בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     in Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yiś·rā·’êl
         in Israel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is the text of the letter King Artaxerxes had given to Ezra the priest and scribe, an expert in the commandments and statutes of the LORD to Israel:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְזֶ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזֶ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zeh
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zeh
         This 
    
 
        
            פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·še·ḡen
                
                
                     is the text 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6572 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·še·ḡen
         is the text 
    
 
        
            הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·niš·tə·wān
                
                
                     of the letter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) letter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·niš·tə·wān
         of the letter 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         King 
    
 
        
            אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·taḥ·šast
                
                
                     Artaxerxes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        783 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Artaxerxes = |I will make the spoiled to boil: I will stir myself (in) winter|<BR> 1) son and successor of Xerxes as emperor of Persia, 465-424 BC 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·taḥ·šast
         Artaxerxes 
    
 
        
            נָתַן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         had given 
    
 
        
            לְעֶזְרָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֶזְרָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ez·rā
                
                
                     to Ezra 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5830 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ezra = |help|<BR> 1) the priest and scribe who led the reforms of the returned exiles in Jerusalem; co-worker with Nehemiah <BR> 2) a priest with Zerubbabel<BR> 3) another post-exilic Jew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ez·rā
         to Ezra 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     the priest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         the priest 
    
 
        
            הַסֹּפֵ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסֹּפֵ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·sō·p̄êr
                
                
                     [and] scribe , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5608 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to count, recount, relate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to count (things) <BR> 1a2) to number, take account of, reckon <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be counted, be numbered <BR> 1c) (Piel) to recount, rehearse, declare <BR> 1c1) to recount (something), rehearse <BR> 1c2) to talk <BR> 1c3) to count exactly or accurately <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be recounted, be rehearsed, be related <BR> n m <BR> 2) enumerator, muster-officer, secretary, scribe <BR> 2a) enumerator, muster-officer, secretary <BR> 2b) learned man, scribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·sō·p̄êr
         [and] scribe , 
    
 
        
            סֹפֵ֞ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סֹפֵ֞ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·p̄êr
                
                
                     an expert 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5608 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to count, recount, relate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to count (things) <BR> 1a2) to number, take account of, reckon <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be counted, be numbered <BR> 1c) (Piel) to recount, rehearse, declare <BR> 1c1) to recount (something), rehearse <BR> 1c2) to talk <BR> 1c3) to count exactly or accurately <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be recounted, be rehearsed, be related <BR> n m <BR> 2) enumerator, muster-officer, secretary, scribe <BR> 2a) enumerator, muster-officer, secretary <BR> 2b) learned man, scribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·p̄êr
         an expert 
    
 
        
            דִּבְרֵ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבְרֵ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    diḇ·rê
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        diḇ·rê
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מִצְוֺת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְוֺת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·wōṯ-
                
                
                     in the commandments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4687 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) commandment <BR> 1a) commandment (of man) <BR> 1b) the commandment (of God) <BR> 1c) commandment (of code of wisdom) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·wōṯ-
         in the commandments 
    
 
        
            וְחֻקָּ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֻקָּ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥuq·qāw
                
                
                     and statutes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2706 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, something prescribed, due <BR> 1a) prescribed task <BR> 1b) prescribed portion <BR> 1c) action prescribed (for oneself), resolve <BR> 1d) prescribed due <BR> 1e) prescribed limit, boundary <BR> 1f) enactment, decree, ordinance <BR> 1f1) specific decree <BR> 1f2) law in general <BR> 1g) enactments, statutes <BR> 1g1) conditions <BR> 1g2) enactments <BR> 1g3) decrees <BR> 1g4) civil enactments prescribed by God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥuq·qāw
         and statutes 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Artaxerxes, king of kings. To Ezra the priest, the scribe of the Law of the God of heaven: Greetings.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·taḥ·šast
                
                
                     Artaxerxes , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        783 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Artaxerxes = |I will make the spoiled to boil: I will stir myself (in) winter|<BR> 1) son and successor of Xerxes as emperor of Persia, 465-424 BC 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·taḥ·šast
         Artaxerxes , 
    
 
        
            מֶ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            מַלְכַיָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכַיָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵay·yā
                
                
                     of kings . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵay·yā
         of kings . 
    
 
        
            לְעֶזְרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֶזְרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ez·rā
                
                
                     To Ezra 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5831 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ezra = |help|<BR> 1) the priest and scribe who led the reforms of the returned exiles in Jerusalem; co-worker with Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ez·rā
         To Ezra 
    
 
        
            כָ֠הֲנָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָ֠הֲנָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵā·hă·nā
                
                
                     the priest , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵā·hă·nā
         the priest , 
    
 
        
            סָפַ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָפַ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·p̄ar
                
                
                     the scribe 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5613 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scribe, secretary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·p̄ar
         the scribe 
    
 
        
            דָּתָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּתָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·ṯā
                
                
                     of the Law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·ṯā
         of the Law 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֧הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֧הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         the God 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven : 
    
 
        
            גְּמִ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּמִ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·mîr
                
                
                     Greetings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1585 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to complete <BR> 1a) (P'al) perfect (pass participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·mîr
         Greetings 
    
 
        
            וּכְעֶֽנֶת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְעֶֽנֶת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·‘e·neṯ
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3706 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now, and now 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·‘e·neṯ
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I hereby decree that any volunteers among the Israelites in my kingdom, including the priests and Levites, may go up with you to Jerusalem.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִנִּי֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנִּי֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            שִׂ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׂ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śîm
                
                
                     hereby 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śîm
         hereby 
    
 
        
            טְעֵם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְעֵם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·‘êm
         decree 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         any 
    
 
        
            מִתְנַדַּ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתְנַדַּ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·nad·daḇ
                
                
                     volunteers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to volunteer, offer freely <BR> 1a) (Ithpael)<BR> 1a1) to volunteer <BR> 1a2) to give freely, offer freely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·nad·daḇ
         volunteers 
    
 
        
            עַמָּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמָּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·māh
                
                
                     among the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·māh
         among the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכוּתִי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכוּתִי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵū·ṯî
                
                
                     in my kingdom , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵū·ṯî
         in my kingdom , 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְכָהֲנ֣וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָהֲנ֣וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵā·hă·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     including the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵā·hă·nō·w·hî
         including the priests 
    
 
        
            וְלֵוָיֵ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֵוָיֵ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lê·wā·yê
                
                
                     and Levites , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3879 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lê·wā·yê
         and Levites , 
    
 
        
            יְהָֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהָֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hāḵ
                
                
                     may go up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1946 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to go, come, walk, be brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hāḵ
         may go up 
    
 
        
            עִמָּ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·māḵ
                
                
                     with you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·māḵ
         with you 
    
 
        
            לִמְהָ֧ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִמְהָ֧ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lim·hāḵ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1946 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to go, come, walk, be brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lim·hāḵ
         - 
    
 
        
            לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     to Jerusalem . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî·rū·šə·lem
         to Jerusalem . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are sent by the king and his seven counselors to evaluate Judah and Jerusalem according to the Law of your God, which is in your hand.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         - 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         - 
    
 
        
            דִּי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            שְׁלִ֔יחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלִ֔יחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lî·aḥ
                
                
                     You are sent 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to send, send out <BR> 1a2) to be sent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lî·aḥ
         You are sent 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     by 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         by 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šiḇ·‘aṯ
                
                
                     and his seven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šiḇ·‘aṯ
         and his seven 
    
 
        
            יָעֲטֹ֙הִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָעֲטֹ֙הִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·‘ă·ṭō·hî
                
                
                     counselors 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithpael) to advise, counsel, take counsel <BR> 2) (P'al) counsellor (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·‘ă·ṭō·hî
         counselors 
    
 
        
            לְבַקָּרָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבַקָּרָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇaq·qā·rā
                
                
                     to evaluate 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seek, enquire <BR> 1a) (Pael) to enquire <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to let search be made 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇaq·qā·rā
         to evaluate 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְה֖וּד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְה֖וּד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hūḏ
                
                
                     Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3061 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Judah-the territory of the tribe of Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hūḏ
         Judah 
    
 
        
            וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lî·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     and Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lî·rū·šə·lem
         and Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            בְּדָ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּדָ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḏāṯ
                
                
                     according to the Law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḏāṯ
         according to the Law 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
                
                
                     of your God , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
         of your God , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         which 
    
 
        
            בִידָֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִידָֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·ḏāḵ
                
                
                     is in your hand . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·ḏāḵ
         is in your hand . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Moreover, you are to take with you the silver and gold that the king and his counselors have freely offered to the God of Israel, whose dwelling is in Jerusalem,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·hê·ḇā·lāh
                
                
                     Moreover, you are to take with you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2987 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to bring, carry, bear along 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·hê·ḇā·lāh
         Moreover, you are to take with you 
    
 
        
            כְּסַ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּסַ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·sap̄
                
                
                     the silver 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·sap̄
         the silver 
    
 
        
            וּדְהַ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּדְהַ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḏə·haḇ
                
                
                     and gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḏə·haḇ
         and gold 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·‘ă·ṭō·w·hî
                
                
                     and his counselors 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithpael) to advise, counsel, take counsel <BR> 2) (P'al) counsellor (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·‘ă·ṭō·w·hî
         and his counselors 
    
 
        
            הִתְנַדַּ֙בוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְנַדַּ֙בוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·nad·da·ḇū
                
                
                     have freely offered 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to volunteer, offer freely <BR> 1a) (Ithpael)<BR> 1a1) to volunteer <BR> 1a2) to give freely, offer freely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·nad·da·ḇū
         have freely offered 
    
 
        
            לֶאֱלָ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶאֱלָ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     to the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·’ĕ·lāh
         to the God 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     whose 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         whose 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kə·nêh
                
                
                     dwelling 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4907 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) abode (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kə·nêh
         dwelling 
    
 
        
            בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     is in Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·rū·šə·lem
         is in Jerusalem , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            together with all the silver and gold you may find in all the province of Babylon, as well as the freewill offerings of the people and priests to the house of their God in Jerusalem.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכֹל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     together with all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         together with all 
    
 
        
            כְּסַ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּסַ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·sap̄
                
                
                     the silver 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·sap̄
         the silver 
    
 
        
            וּדְהַ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּדְהַ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḏə·haḇ
                
                
                     and gold 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḏə·haḇ
         and gold 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·haš·kaḥ
                
                
                     you may find 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7912 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to find <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be found 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·haš·kaḥ
         you may find 
    
 
        
            בְּכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵōl
                
                
                     in all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵōl
         in all 
    
 
        
            מְדִינַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדִינַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏî·naṯ
                
                
                     the province 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4083 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) district, province 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏî·naṯ
         the province 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         of Babylon , 
    
 
        
            עִם֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im
                
                
                     as well as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im
         as well as 
    
 
        
            הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·nad·dā·ḇūṯ
                
                
                     the freewill offerings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to volunteer, offer freely <BR> 1a) (Ithpael)<BR> 1a1) to volunteer <BR> 1a2) to give freely, offer freely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·nad·dā·ḇūṯ
         the freewill offerings 
    
 
        
            עַמָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mā
                
                
                     of the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mā
         of the people 
    
 
        
            וְכָֽהֲנַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָֽהֲנַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵā·hă·nay·yā
                
                
                     and priests 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵā·hă·nay·yā
         and priests 
    
 
        
            מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·nad·də·ḇîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to volunteer, offer freely <BR> 1a) (Ithpael)<BR> 1a1) to volunteer <BR> 1a2) to give freely, offer freely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·nad·də·ḇîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְבֵ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבֵ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     to the house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇêṯ
         to the house 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֲהֹ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֲהֹ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hă·hōm
                
                
                     of their God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hă·hōm
         of their God 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     in Jerusalem . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·rū·šə·lem
         in Jerusalem . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            With this money, therefore, you are to buy as many bulls, rams, and lambs as needed, together with their grain offerings and drink offerings, and offer them on the altar at the house of your God in Jerusalem.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דְנָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     With this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         With this 
    
 
        
            בְּכַסְפָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכַסְפָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵas·pā
                
                
                     money , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵas·pā
         money , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         
    
 
        
            דְּנָה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     therefore , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         therefore , 
    
 
        
            תִקְנֵ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִקְנֵ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiq·nê
                
                
                     you are to buy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7066 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to acquire, buy, purchase 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiq·nê
         you are to buy 
    
 
        
            תּוֹרִ֤ין׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תּוֹרִ֤ין׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·w·rîn
                
                
                     as many bulls , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8450 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bull, young bull, ox (for sacrifice) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·w·rîn
         as many bulls , 
    
 
        
            דִּכְרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּכְרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    diḵ·rîn
                
                
                     rams , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1798 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        diḵ·rîn
         rams , 
    
 
        
            אִמְּרִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִמְּרִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im·mə·rîn
                
                
                     and lambs 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        563 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im·mə·rîn
         and lambs 
    
 
        
            אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·sə·par·nā
                
                
                     as needed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thoroughly <BR> 2) (CLBL) eagerly, diligently 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·sə·par·nā
         as needed , 
    
 
        
            וּמִנְחָתְה֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנְחָתְה֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·ḥā·ṯə·hō·wn
                
                
                     together with their grain offerings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift, offering <BR> 1a) oblation, offering (to God through representative) <BR> 1b) meal offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·ḥā·ṯə·hō·wn
         together with their grain offerings 
    
 
        
            וְנִסְכֵּיה֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִסְכֵּיה֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nis·kê·hō·wn
                
                
                     and drink offerings , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something poured out, libation, drink offering, libation offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nis·kê·hō·wn
         and drink offerings , 
    
 
        
            וּתְקָרֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְקָרֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·qā·rêḇ
                
                
                     and offer 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to approach, come near <BR> 1a) (P'al) to approach <BR> 1b) (Pael) to offer, draw near<BR> 1c) (Aphel) to be summoned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·qā·rêḇ
         and offer 
    
 
        
            הִמּ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִמּ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    him·mōw
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, them <BR> 1a) they (subject) <BR> 1b) them (object) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        him·mōw
         them 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            מַדְבְּחָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַדְבְּחָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maḏ·bə·ḥāh
                
                
                     the altar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4056 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maḏ·bə·ḥāh
         the altar 
    
 
        
            דִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     at the house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         at the house 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hă·ḵōm
                
                
                     of your God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hă·ḵōm
         of your God 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     in Jerusalem . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·rū·šə·lem
         in Jerusalem . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You and your brothers may do whatever seems best with the rest of the silver and gold, according to the will of your God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶחַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾɛ·ḥa·yiḵ
                
                
                     You and your brothers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        252 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾɛ·ḥa·yiḵ
         You and your brothers 
    
 
        
            לְמֶעְבַּ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶעְבַּ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me‘·baḏ
                
                
                     may do 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me‘·baḏ
         may do 
    
 
        
            וּמָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·māh
                
                
                     whatever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·māh
         whatever 
    
 
        
            דִי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲלַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·la·yiḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·la·yiḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         - 
    
 
        
            יֵיטַ֗ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵיטַ֗ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yî·ṭaḇ
                
                
                     seems best 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be good, do good, be pleasing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yî·ṭaḇ
         seems best 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁאָ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁאָ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·’ār
                
                
                     with the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rest, remainder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·’ār
         with the rest 
    
 
        
            כַּסְפָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּסְפָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kas·pā
                
                
                     of the silver 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kas·pā
         of the silver 
    
 
        
            וְדַהֲבָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדַהֲבָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏa·hă·ḇāh
                
                
                     and gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1722 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏa·hă·ḇāh
         and gold , 
    
 
        
            כִּרְע֥וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּרְע֥וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kir·‘ūṯ
                
                
                     according to the will 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7470 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) good pleasure, will 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kir·‘ūṯ
         according to the will 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hă·ḵōm
                
                
                     of your God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hă·ḵōm
         of your God 
    
 
        
            תַּעַבְדֽוּן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעַבְדֽוּן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘aḇ·ḏūn
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘aḇ·ḏūn
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You must deliver to the God of Jerusalem all the articles given to you for the service of the house of your God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַשְׁלֵ֕ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשְׁלֵ֕ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·lêm
                
                
                     You must deliver 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8000 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be complete, be finished, be sound <BR> 1a) (P'al) finished (participle) <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to finish, bring to an end, render in full 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·lêm
         You must deliver 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏām
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏām
         to 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
         the God 
    
 
        
            יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rū·šə·lem
                
                
                     of Jerusalem 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace|<BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rū·šə·lem
         of Jerusalem 
    
 
        
            וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·nay·yā
                
                
                     all the articles 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3984 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vessel, utensil 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·nay·yā
         all the articles 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִתְיַהֲבִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתְיַהֲבִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·ya·hă·ḇîn
                
                
                     given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·ya·hă·ḇîn
         given 
    
 
        
            לָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     to you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         to you 
    
 
        
            לְפָלְחָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְפָלְחָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·p̄ā·lə·ḥān
                
                
                     for the service 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6402 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) service, worship 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·p̄ā·lə·ḥān
         for the service 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     of the house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         of the house 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     of your God . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         of your God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And if anything else is needed for the house of your God that you may have occasion to supply, you may pay for it from the royal treasury.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּשְׁאָ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁאָ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·’ār
                
                
                     And if anything else 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rest, remainder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·’ār
         And if anything else 
    
 
        
            חַשְׁחוּת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַשְׁחוּת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaš·ḥūṯ
                
                
                     is needed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2819 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) things needed, requirements, that which is required 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaš·ḥūṯ
         is needed 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     for the house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         for the house 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
                
                
                     of your God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
         of your God 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            לָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         you 
    
 
        
            יִפֶּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפֶּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip·pel-
                
                
                     may have occasion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip·pel-
         may have occasion 
    
 
        
            לְמִנְתַּ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִנְתַּ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·min·tan
                
                
                     to supply , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5415 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to give, allow <BR> 1a3) to give, pay 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·min·tan
         to supply , 
    
 
        
            תִּנְתֵּ֕ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּנְתֵּ֕ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tin·tên
                
                
                     you may pay [for it] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5415 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to give, allow <BR> 1a3) to give, pay 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tin·tên
         you may pay [for it] 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the royal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the royal 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            גִּנְזֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּנְזֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gin·zê
                
                
                     treasury . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1596 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treasure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gin·zê
         treasury . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I, King Artaxerxes, decree to all the treasurers west of the Euphrates: Whatever Ezra the priest, the scribe of the Law of the God of heaven, may require of you, it must be provided promptly,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּ֠מִנִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּ֠מִנִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·nî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·nî
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·taḥ·šast
                
                
                     Artaxerxes , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        783 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Artaxerxes = |I will make the spoiled to boil: I will stir myself (in) winter|<BR> 1) son and successor of Xerxes as emperor of Persia, 465-424 BC 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·taḥ·šast
         Artaxerxes , 
    
 
        
            שִׂ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׂ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śîm
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śîm
         vvv 
    
 
        
            טְעֵ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְעֵ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·‘êm
         decree 
    
 
        
            לְכֹל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכֹל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵōl
                
                
                     to all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵōl
         to all 
    
 
        
            גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    giz·zaḇ·ray·yā
                
                
                     the treasurers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1490 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) treasurer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        giz·zaḇ·ray·yā
         the treasurers 
    
 
        
            דִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּעֲבַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּעֲבַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·‘ă·ḇar
                
                
                     west 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5675 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·‘ă·ḇar
         west 
    
 
        
            נַהֲרָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַהֲרָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·hă·rāh
                
                
                     of the Euphrates : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5103 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·hă·rāh
         of the Euphrates : 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     Whatever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         Whatever 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֶזְרָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶזְרָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ez·rā
                
                
                     Ezra 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5831 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ezra = |help|<BR> 1) the priest and scribe who led the reforms of the returned exiles in Jerusalem; co-worker with Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ez·rā
         Ezra 
    
 
        
            כָהֲנָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָהֲנָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵā·hă·nāh
                
                
                     the priest , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵā·hă·nāh
         the priest , 
    
 
        
            סָפַ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָפַ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·p̄ar
                
                
                     the scribe 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5613 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scribe, secretary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·p̄ar
         the scribe 
    
 
        
            דָּתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·ṯā
                
                
                     of the Law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·ṯā
         of the Law 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     of the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         of the God 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven , 
    
 
        
            יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·’ă·len·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     may require of you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7593 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask for, request <BR> 1a2) to enquire for or about 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·’ă·len·ḵō·wn
         may require of you , 
    
 
        
            יִתְעֲבִֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְעֲבִֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·‘ă·ḇiḏ
                
                
                     it must be provided 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·‘ă·ḇiḏ
         it must be provided 
    
 
        
            אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·sə·par·nā
                
                
                     promptly , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thoroughly <BR> 2) (CLBL) eagerly, diligently 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·sə·par·nā
         promptly , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            up to a hundred talents of silver, a hundred cors of wheat, a hundred baths of wine, a hundred baths of olive oil, and salt without limit.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כְתָֽב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתָֽב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯāḇ
                
                
                     limit . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a writing <BR> 1a) writing, inscription <BR> 1b) written decree, written requirement 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯāḇ
         limit . 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     up to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         up to 
    
 
        
            מְאָה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאָה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’āh
                
                
                     a hundred 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hundred, one hundred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’āh
         a hundred 
    
 
        
            כַּכְּרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּכְּרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kak·kə·rîn
                
                
                     talents 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) talent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kak·kə·rîn
         talents 
    
 
        
            וְעַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כְּסַף֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּסַף֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·sap̄
                
                
                     of silver , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver <BR> 1a) as metal <BR> 1b) as money 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·sap̄
         of silver , 
    
 
        
            מְאָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’āh
                
                
                     a hundred 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hundred, one hundred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’āh
         a hundred 
    
 
        
            כֹּרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kō·rîn
                
                
                     cors 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3734 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kor, a measure (usually dry) <BR> 1a) a dry or liquid measure equal to 10 ephahs or baths <BR> 1a1) a dry measure containing 6.25 bushels (220 l) <BR> 1a2) a liquid measure of 58 gallons (263 l) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kō·rîn
         cors 
    
 
        
            חִנְטִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חִנְטִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥin·ṭîn
                
                
                     of wheat , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wheat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥin·ṭîn
         of wheat , 
    
 
        
            וְעַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מְאָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’āh
                
                
                     a hundred 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hundred, one hundred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’āh
         a hundred 
    
 
        
            בַּתִּ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּתִּ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bat·tîn
                
                
                     baths 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bath, a unit of liquid measure, about 40 litres, equal to dry measure ephah <BR> 2) (TWOT) a liquid measure, about 22 litres 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bat·tîn
         baths 
    
 
        
            וְעַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֲמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·mar
                
                
                     of wine , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2562 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·mar
         of wine , 
    
 
        
            מְאָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’āh
                
                
                     a hundred 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hundred, one hundred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’āh
         a hundred 
    
 
        
            בַּתִּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּתִּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bat·tîn
                
                
                     baths 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bath, a unit of liquid measure, about 40 litres, equal to dry measure ephah <BR> 2) (TWOT) a liquid measure, about 22 litres 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bat·tîn
         baths 
    
 
        
            מְשַׁ֖ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשַׁ֖ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šaḥ
                
                
                     of olive oil , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4887 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) oil 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šaḥ
         of olive oil , 
    
 
        
            וּמְלַ֖ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְלַ֖ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·laḥ
                
                
                     and salt 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4416 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) salt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·laḥ
         and salt 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     without 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         without 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Whatever is commanded by the God of heaven must be done diligently for His house. For why should wrath fall on the realm of the king and his sons?
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     Whatever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         Whatever 
    
 
        
            דִּ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            טַ֙עַם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַ֙עַם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭa·‘am
                
                
                     is commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭa·‘am
         is commanded 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     by 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         by 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         the God 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            יִתְעֲבֵד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְעֲבֵד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     must be done 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         must be done 
    
 
        
            אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḏ·raz·dā
                
                
                     diligently 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        149 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) correctly, exactly, diligently, earnestly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḏ·raz·dā
         diligently 
    
 
        
            לְבֵ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבֵ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     for [His] house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇêṯ
         for [His] house 
    
 
        
            אֱלָ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         For 
    
 
        
            לְמָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·māh
                
                
                     why 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·māh
         why 
    
 
        
            קְצַ֔ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצַ֔ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣap̄
                
                
                     should wrath 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wrath (of God), anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣap̄
         should wrath 
    
 
        
            לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     fall 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         fall 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            מַלְכ֥וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכ֥וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     the realm 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵūṯ
         the realm 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     of the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         of the king 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֽוֹהִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֽוֹהִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·w·hî
                
                
                     and his sons ? 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, child 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·w·hî
         and his sons ? 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And be advised that you have no authority to impose tribute, duty, or toll on any of the priests, Levites, singers, doorkeepers, temple servants, or other servants of this house of God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּלְכֹ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְכֹ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḵōm
                
                
                     And 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḵōm
         And 
    
 
        
            מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·hō·wḏ·‘în
                
                
                     be advised 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·hō·wḏ·‘în
         be advised 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     you have no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         you have no 
    
 
        
            שַׁלִּ֖יט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלִּ֖יט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·lîṭ
                
                
                     authority 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·lîṭ
         authority 
    
 
        
            לְמִרְמֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִרְמֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mir·mê
                
                
                     to impose 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mir·mê
         to impose 
    
 
        
            מִנְדָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנְדָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·dāh
                
                
                     tribute , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4061 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tribute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·dāh
         tribute , 
    
 
        
            בְלוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְלוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·lōw
                
                
                     duty , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1093 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tribute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·lōw
         duty , 
    
 
        
            וַהֲלָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲלָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·lāḵ
                
                
                     or toll 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1983 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) toll, custom duty, tribute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·lāḵ
         or toll 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֹֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֹֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hōm
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hōm
         on 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         any 
    
 
        
            כָּהֲנַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּהֲנַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·hă·nay·yā
                
                
                     of the priests , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3549 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·hă·nay·yā
         of the priests , 
    
 
        
            וְ֠לֵוָיֵא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠לֵוָיֵא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lê·wā·yê
                
                
                     Levites , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3879 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Levite = see Levi |joined to|<BR> 1) the descendants of Levi, the 3rd son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Levi specially set aside by God for His service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lê·wā·yê
         Levites , 
    
 
        
            זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zam·mā·ray·yā
                
                
                     singers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2171 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) singer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zam·mā·ray·yā
         singers , 
    
 
        
            תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯā·rā·‘ay·yā
                
                
                     doorkeepers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8652 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) porter, doorkeeper (in temple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯā·rā·‘ay·yā
         doorkeepers , 
    
 
        
            נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ṯî·nay·yā
                
                
                     temple servants , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Nethinims <BR> 1a) temple slaves assigned to the Levites and priests for service in the sanctuary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ṯî·nay·yā
         temple servants , 
    
 
        
            וּפָ֣לְחֵ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפָ֣לְחֵ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ā·lə·ḥê
                
                
                     or other servants 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ā·lə·ḥê
         or other servants 
    
 
        
            דְנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·nāh
                
                
                     of this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·nāh
         of this 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         house 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     of God . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         of God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And you, Ezra, according to the wisdom of your God, which you possess, are to appoint magistrates and judges to judge all the people west of the Euphrates—all who know the laws of your God. And you are to teach these laws to anyone who does not know them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַ֣נְתְּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַ֣נְתְּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ant
                
                
                     And you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ant
         And you , 
    
 
        
            עֶזְרָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶזְרָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ez·rā
                
                
                     Ezra , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5831 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ezra = |help|<BR> 1) the priest and scribe who led the reforms of the returned exiles in Jerusalem; co-worker with Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ez·rā
         Ezra , 
    
 
        
            כְּחָכְמַ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּחָכְמַ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḥā·ḵə·maṯ
                
                
                     according to the wisdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḥā·ḵə·maṯ
         according to the wisdom 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
                
                
                     of your God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
         of your God 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     which you possess 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         which you possess 
    
 
        
            בִידָךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִידָךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·ḏāḵ
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·ḏāḵ
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣נִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣נִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    men·nî
                
                
                     are to appoint 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4483 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to number, reckon <BR> 1a) (P'al) to number <BR> 1b) (Pael) to appoint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        men·nî
         are to appoint 
    
 
        
            שָׁפְטִ֞ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁפְטִ֞ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·p̄ə·ṭîn
                
                
                     magistrates 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to judge <BR> 1a) (P'al) judge (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·p̄ə·ṭîn
         magistrates 
    
 
        
            וְדַיָּנִ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדַיָּנִ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏay·yā·nîn
                
                
                     and judges 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1782 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judge 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏay·yā·nîn
         and judges 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֺ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֺ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wōn
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wōn
         
    
 
        
            דָּאֲנִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּאֲנִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    då̄·ʾă·nīn
                
                
                     to judge 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1778 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to judge <BR> 2) (Qal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        då̄·ʾă·nīn
         to judge 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         all 
    
 
        
            עַמָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·māh
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·māh
         the people 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בַּעֲבַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּעֲבַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·‘ă·ḇar
                
                
                     west 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5675 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·‘ă·ḇar
         west 
    
 
        
            נַהֲרָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַהֲרָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·hă·rāh
                
                
                     of the Euphrates — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5103 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·hă·rāh
         of the Euphrates — 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         all 
    
 
        
            יָדְעֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדְעֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏə·‘ê
                
                
                     who know 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏə·‘ê
         who know 
    
 
        
            דָּתֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּתֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·ṯê
                
                
                     the laws 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·ṯê
         the laws 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
                
                
                     of your God . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
         of your God . 
    
 
        
            יָדַ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדַ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏa‘
                
                
                     And you are to teach [these laws] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏa‘
         And you are to teach [these laws] 
    
 
        
            וְדִ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî
                
                
                     to anyone who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî
         to anyone who 
    
 
        
            לָ֦א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֦א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     does not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         does not 
    
 
        
            תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּהוֹדְעֽוּן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·hō·wḏ·‘ūn
                
                
                     know them . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·hō·wḏ·‘ūn
         know them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            If anyone does not keep the law of your God and the law of the king, let a strict judgment be executed against him, whether death, banishment, confiscation of property, or imprisonment.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     If anyone 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         If anyone 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     does 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         does 
    
 
        
            לָא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         not 
    
 
        
            עָבֵ֜ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָבֵ֜ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     keep 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḇêḏ
         keep 
    
 
        
            דָּתָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּתָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·ṯā
                
                
                     the law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·ṯā
         the law 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         of 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
                
                
                     your God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hāḵ
         your God 
    
 
        
            וְדָתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·ṯā
                
                
                     and the law 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·ṯā
         and the law 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king , 
    
 
        
            אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָסְפַּ֕רְנָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·sə·par·nā
                
                
                     let a strict 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thoroughly <BR> 2) (CLBL) eagerly, diligently 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·sə·par·nā
         let a strict 
    
 
        
            דִּינָ֕ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּינָ֕ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî·nāh
                
                
                     judgment 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1780 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî·nāh
         judgment 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     be 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wê
         be 
    
 
        
            מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṯ·‘ă·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     executed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṯ·‘ă·ḇêḏ
         executed 
    
 
        
            מִנֵּ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנֵּ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nêh
                
                
                     against him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nêh
         against him , 
    
 
        
            הֵ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên
                
                
                     whether 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên
         whether 
    
 
        
            לְמוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     death , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4193 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) death 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mō·wṯ
         death , 
    
 
        
            הֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁרֹשׁוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁרֹשׁוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·rō·šū
                
                
                     banishment , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8332 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) uprooting, banishment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·rō·šū
         banishment , 
    
 
        
            הֵן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לַעֲנָ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲנָ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·nāš
                
                
                     confiscation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) (CLBL) to fine <BR> 2) (BDB/TWOT) confiscation, fining, amercing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·nāš
         confiscation 
    
 
        
            נִכְסִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִכְסִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niḵ·sîn
                
                
                     of property , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5232 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) riches, property 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niḵ·sîn
         of property , 
    
 
        
            וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֶאֱסוּרִֽין׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·le·’ĕ·sū·rîn
                
                
                     or imprisonment . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        613 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) band, bond, imprisonment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·le·’ĕ·sū·rîn
         or imprisonment . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Blessed be the LORD, the God of our fathers, who has put into the heart of the king to so honor the house of the LORD in Jerusalem,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּר֥וּךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּר֥וּךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rūḵ
                
                
                     Blessed [be] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1288 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kneel <BR> 1a2) to bless <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be blessed, bless oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bless <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be blessed, be adored <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to kneel <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to bless oneself <BR> 2) (TWOT) to praise, salute, curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rūḵ
         Blessed [be] 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê
         the God 
    
 
        
            אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבוֹתֵ֑ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     of our fathers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯê·nū
         of our fathers , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     has put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         has put 
    
 
        
            כָּזֹאת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּזֹאת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·zōṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·zōṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּלֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּלֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·lêḇ
                
                
                     into the heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·lêḇ
         into the heart 
    
 
        
            הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     of the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         of the king 
    
 
        
            לְפָאֵ֕ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְפָאֵ֕ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·p̄ā·’êr
                
                
                     to so honor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6286 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to glorify, beautify, adorn <BR> 1a) (Piel) to glorify, beautify <BR> 1b) (Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to glorify oneself <BR> 1b2) to get glory to oneself, be glorified <BR> 2) (Piel) to go over the boughs 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·p̄ā·’êr
         to so honor 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî·rū·šā·lim
                
                
                     in Jerusalem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jerusalem = |teaching of peace| <BR> 1) the chief city of Palestine and capital of the united kingdom and the nation of Judah after the split 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî·rū·šā·lim
         in Jerusalem , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and who has shown me favor before the king, his counselors, and all his powerful officials. And because the hand of the LORD my God was upon me, I took courage and gathered the leaders of Israel to return with me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הִטָּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִטָּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṭ·ṭāh-
                
                
                     and who has shown 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṭ·ṭāh-
         and who has shown 
    
 
        
            וְעָלַ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָלַ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·lay
                
                
                     me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·lay
         me 
    
 
        
            חֶ֗סֶד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶ֗סֶד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥe·seḏ
                
                
                     favor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2617 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) goodness, kindness, faithfulness <BR> 2) a reproach, shame 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥe·seḏ
         favor 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     the king , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         the king , 
    
 
        
            וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֽוֹעֲצָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yō·w·‘ă·ṣāw
                
                
                     his counselors , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3289 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to advise, consult, give counsel, counsel, purpose, devise, plan <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to advise, counsel, give counsel, consult <BR> 1a2) counsellor (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to consult together, exchange counsel, deliberate, counsel together <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to conspire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yō·w·‘ă·ṣāw
         his counselors , 
    
 
        
            וּלְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḵāl-
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḵāl-
         and all 
    
 
        
            הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·me·leḵ
                
                
                     his 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·me·leḵ
         his 
    
 
        
            הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּבֹּרִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gib·bō·rîm
                
                
                     powerful 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1368 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) strong, mighty <BR> n m <BR> 2) strong man, brave man, mighty man 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gib·bō·rîm
         powerful 
    
 
        
            שָׂרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·rê
                
                
                     officials . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prince, ruler, leader, chief, chieftain, official, captain <BR> 1a) chieftain, leader <BR> 1b) vassal, noble, official (under king) <BR> 1c) captain, general, commander (military) <BR> 1d) chief, head, overseer (of other official classes) <BR> 1e) heads, princes (of religious office) <BR> 1f) elders (of representative leaders of people) <BR> 1g) merchant-princes (of rank and dignity) <BR> 1h) patron-angel <BR> 1i) Ruler of rulers (of God) <BR> 1j) warden 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·rê
         officials . 
    
 
        
            כְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     And because the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·yaḏ-
         And because the hand 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהַי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהַי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hay
                
                
                     my God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hay
         my God 
    
 
        
            עָלַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lay
                
                
                     [was] upon me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lay
         [was] upon me , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·ḥaz·zaq·tî
                
                
                     took courage 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·ḥaz·zaq·tî
         took courage 
    
 
        
            וָאֶקְבְּצָ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָאֶקְבְּצָ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·’eq·bə·ṣāh
                
                
                     and gathered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - first person common singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, assemble <BR> 1a) (Qal) to gather, collect, assemble <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to assemble, gather <BR> 1b2) to be gathered <BR> 1c) (Piel) to gather, gather together, take away <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be gathered together <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to gather together, be gathered together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·’eq·bə·ṣāh
         and gathered 
    
 
        
            רָאשִׁ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָאשִׁ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·šîm
                
                
                     the leaders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·šîm
         the leaders 
    
 
        
            מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            לַעֲל֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲל֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·lō·wṯ
                
                
                     to return 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·lō·wṯ
         to return 
    
 
        
            עִמִּֽי׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמִּֽי׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mî
                
                
                     with me . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mî
         with me .